1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
72 #include "xsettings.h"
74 #include "sysselect.h"
77 #include <X11/Shell.h>
85 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
90 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
94 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
96 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
97 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
99 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
101 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
102 #if defined USE_MOTIF
103 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
104 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
105 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
111 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
112 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
114 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
116 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
117 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
118 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
119 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
121 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
125 #ifndef XtNinitialState
126 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
130 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
136 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
140 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
145 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
148 static bool any_help_event_p
;
150 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
151 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
153 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
156 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
159 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
160 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
161 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
163 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
165 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
167 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
169 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
174 } pending_event_wait
;
177 /* The application context for Xt use. */
178 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
179 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
181 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
183 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
184 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
186 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
187 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
188 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
190 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
194 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
195 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
196 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
197 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
199 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
201 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
202 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
203 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
204 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
205 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
206 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
207 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
208 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
209 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
212 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
214 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
215 static struct frame
*last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
217 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
219 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
220 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
223 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
224 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
227 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
229 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
230 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
231 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
232 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
233 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
234 it's somewhat accurate. */
236 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
238 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
240 static Time last_user_time
;
242 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
245 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
247 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
249 static int x_noop_count
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
253 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
254 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
257 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
258 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
260 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
261 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
264 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
265 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
269 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
274 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
275 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
276 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
277 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
280 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
281 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
283 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
284 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
285 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
286 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
287 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
297 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
298 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
299 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
300 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
301 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
302 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
303 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
304 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
305 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
306 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
307 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
308 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
309 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
310 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
312 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
313 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
314 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
315 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
316 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
317 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
319 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
320 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
321 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
323 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
324 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
325 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
326 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
328 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
329 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
330 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
331 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
332 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
333 int *, struct input_event
*);
335 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
337 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
338 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
339 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
340 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
341 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
342 static void x_initialize (void);
345 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
348 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
350 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
351 connection may be broken. */
352 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
358 eassert (FRAME_X_P (f
));
359 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
363 /* Flush all displays and so all frames on them. */
364 struct x_display_info
*xdi
;
365 for (xdi
= x_display_list
; xdi
; xdi
= xdi
->next
)
366 XFlush (xdi
->display
);
372 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
373 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
374 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
375 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
376 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
379 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
382 /***********************************************************************
384 ***********************************************************************/
388 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
389 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
397 struct record event_record
[100];
399 int event_record_index
;
402 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
404 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
405 event_record_index
= 0;
407 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
408 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
409 event_record_index
++;
416 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
418 struct x_display_info
*
419 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
421 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
423 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
424 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
431 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
433 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
434 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
435 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
437 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
441 unsigned int nchildren
;
444 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
451 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
454 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
456 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
457 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
458 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
460 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
464 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
469 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
471 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
472 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
476 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
478 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
481 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
483 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
485 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
486 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
487 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
488 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
490 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
492 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
493 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
494 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
496 /* return unless necessary */
501 unsigned long n
, left
;
503 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
504 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
505 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
508 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
510 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
520 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
521 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
522 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
527 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
529 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
533 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
535 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
539 /***********************************************************************
540 Starting and ending an update
541 ***********************************************************************/
543 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
544 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
545 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
546 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
547 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
550 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
556 /* Start update of window W. Set output_cursor to the cursor
560 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
562 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
563 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
565 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
569 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
571 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
572 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
574 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
576 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
577 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
584 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
587 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
592 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
594 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
597 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
598 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
601 /* End update of window W.
603 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
604 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
606 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
607 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
608 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
610 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
611 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
615 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
617 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
619 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
624 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
626 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
628 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
629 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
634 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
635 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
636 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
638 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
639 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
640 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
645 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
649 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
651 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
652 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
656 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
662 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
663 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
666 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
669 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
673 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
674 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
675 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
676 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
677 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
680 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
687 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
688 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
690 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
691 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
692 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
693 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
694 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
695 overhead is very small. */
696 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
697 && desired_row
->full_width_p
698 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
699 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
701 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
704 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
707 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
708 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
709 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
710 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
711 y
, width
, height
, False
);
717 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
719 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
720 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
721 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
722 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
723 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
725 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
726 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
730 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
732 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
733 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
734 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
735 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
737 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
739 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
741 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
742 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
743 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
744 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
745 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
746 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
747 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
748 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
750 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
754 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
755 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
756 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
760 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
761 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
762 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
763 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
767 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
769 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
770 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
772 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
777 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
779 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
780 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
782 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
783 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
788 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
789 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
792 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
798 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
799 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
803 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
805 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
807 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
809 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
811 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
812 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
814 face
->background
, depth
);
818 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
819 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
822 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
823 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
824 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
825 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
828 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
829 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
830 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
834 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
835 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
836 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
840 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
845 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
846 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
847 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
851 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
855 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
856 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
859 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
864 /***********************************************************************
866 ***********************************************************************/
870 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
871 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
872 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
873 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
874 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
875 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
876 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
877 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
878 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
882 unsigned long *, double, int);
883 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
884 double, int, unsigned long);
885 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
889 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
890 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
892 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
893 int, int, int, int, int, int,
895 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
896 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
897 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
900 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
904 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
908 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
910 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
911 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
912 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
914 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
917 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
921 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
922 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
924 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
925 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
926 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
927 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
928 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
929 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
930 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
932 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
933 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
934 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
936 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
937 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
940 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
941 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
942 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
944 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
945 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
948 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
949 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
951 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
956 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
959 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
964 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
965 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
966 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
968 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
970 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
971 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
973 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
974 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
975 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
977 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
981 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
986 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
987 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
988 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
989 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
991 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
992 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
995 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
996 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
998 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1001 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1005 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1006 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1007 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1010 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1012 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1016 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1017 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1021 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1023 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1025 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1027 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1028 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1030 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1032 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1033 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1035 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1037 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1040 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1042 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1043 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1045 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1046 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1048 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1049 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1053 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1054 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1057 /* GC must have been set. */
1058 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1062 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1063 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1066 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1068 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1069 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1072 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1077 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1078 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1082 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1087 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1089 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1092 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1097 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1100 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1103 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1104 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1106 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1108 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1110 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1111 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1114 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1115 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1116 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1120 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1122 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1124 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1125 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1126 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1130 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1131 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1136 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1139 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1142 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1143 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1144 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1145 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1149 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1150 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1151 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1152 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1153 contains the first component of a composition. */
1156 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1158 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1159 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1160 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1162 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1166 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1167 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1168 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1169 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1170 s
->background_width
,
1171 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1172 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1173 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1175 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1176 || s
->font_not_found_p
1177 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1180 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1181 s
->background_width
,
1182 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1183 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1189 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1192 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1196 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1197 of S to the right of that box line. */
1198 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1199 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1200 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1204 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1206 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1208 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1210 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1211 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1212 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1214 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1219 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1220 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1223 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1224 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1226 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1228 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1229 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1231 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1232 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1233 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1237 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1240 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1243 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1245 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1246 of S to the right of that box line. */
1247 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1248 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1249 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1253 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1254 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1255 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1256 this composition. */
1258 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1259 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1260 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1262 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1263 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1264 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1266 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1270 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1271 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1272 space on the left or right. */
1273 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1275 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1276 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1278 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1279 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1280 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1285 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1290 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1292 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1293 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1294 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1297 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1301 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1302 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1303 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1306 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1307 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1308 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1309 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1310 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1311 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1319 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1320 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1321 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1327 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1330 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1332 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1336 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1337 of S to the right of that box line. */
1338 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1339 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1340 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1346 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1348 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1349 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1351 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1354 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1355 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1359 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1360 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1361 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1362 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1363 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1364 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1367 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1369 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1370 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1371 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1377 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1380 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1381 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1383 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1384 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1386 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1387 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1388 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1390 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1391 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1392 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1395 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1396 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1397 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1398 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1399 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1400 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1404 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1408 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1409 cannot be determined. */
1411 static struct frame
*
1412 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1414 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1415 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1418 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1420 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1421 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1422 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1423 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1424 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1425 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1427 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1428 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1429 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1433 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1434 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1435 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1441 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1442 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1443 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1444 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1445 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1446 Value is true if successful. */
1449 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1450 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1452 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1453 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1456 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1459 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1460 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1462 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1464 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1466 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1471 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1472 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1474 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1477 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1479 DPY is the display we are working on.
1481 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1482 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1483 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1484 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1486 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1487 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1489 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1490 we allocated the color or not.
1492 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1495 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1496 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1497 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1507 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1508 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1510 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1514 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1515 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1516 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1518 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1520 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1521 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1523 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1525 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1526 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1528 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1529 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1531 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1532 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1537 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1539 params
[0] = color_name
;
1540 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1541 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1542 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1547 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1549 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1551 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1555 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1559 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1560 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1563 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1568 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1569 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1570 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1572 APP is the application context in which we work.
1574 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1575 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1576 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1578 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1581 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1586 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1588 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1591 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1593 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1594 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1595 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1596 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1597 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1602 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1605 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1606 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1607 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1608 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1610 static const XColor
*
1611 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1613 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1615 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1617 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1618 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1621 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1622 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1623 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1625 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1626 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1628 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1629 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1632 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1633 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1637 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1638 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1641 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1643 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1645 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1648 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1650 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1651 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1652 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1653 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1657 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1661 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1662 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1665 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1667 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1671 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1672 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1673 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1677 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1681 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1684 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1685 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1686 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1687 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1689 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1690 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1691 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1693 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1695 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1697 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1698 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1699 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1700 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1702 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1705 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1709 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1710 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1711 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1712 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1716 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1717 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1718 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1719 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1720 XColor
*cached_color
;
1722 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1723 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1724 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1725 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1726 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1728 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1729 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1730 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1734 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1736 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1737 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1743 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1744 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1745 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1749 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1751 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1752 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1756 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1757 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1758 get color reference counts right. */
1761 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1765 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1767 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1768 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1770 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1771 register_color (pixel
);
1777 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1780 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1781 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1782 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1783 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1784 use an additional additive factor.
1786 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1787 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1788 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1791 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1792 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1793 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1794 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1795 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1796 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1799 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1805 /* Get RGB color values. */
1806 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1807 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1809 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1810 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1811 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1812 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1813 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1815 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1816 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1818 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1819 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1820 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1821 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1822 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1824 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1825 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1826 /* The additive adjustment. */
1827 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1831 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1832 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1833 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1837 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1838 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1839 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1843 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1844 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1847 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1849 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1850 delta to the RGB values. */
1851 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1853 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1854 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1855 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1856 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1867 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1868 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1869 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1870 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1871 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1872 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1875 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1878 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1879 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1880 unsigned long pixel
;
1881 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1882 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1883 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1884 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1886 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1887 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1889 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1890 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1891 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1893 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1895 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1896 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1899 /* Allocate new color. */
1900 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1902 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1903 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1905 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1906 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1909 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1911 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1913 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1916 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1920 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1923 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1925 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1926 unsigned long color
;
1928 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1929 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1930 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1932 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1933 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1938 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1939 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1940 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1943 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1944 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1946 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1947 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1948 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1949 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1950 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1955 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1956 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1957 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1958 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1959 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1960 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1964 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1965 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1966 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1967 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1969 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1970 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1975 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1977 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1978 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1980 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1981 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1982 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1989 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1990 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1991 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1993 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1994 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1995 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1996 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2003 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2005 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2006 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2008 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2009 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2010 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2011 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2014 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2016 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2018 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2019 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2023 /* Outermost top line. */
2025 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2026 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2027 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2029 /* Outermost left line. */
2031 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2037 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2038 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2039 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2040 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2041 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2042 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2043 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2049 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2050 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2051 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2052 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2053 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2054 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2057 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2061 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2062 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2063 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2064 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2065 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2066 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2069 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2070 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2071 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2075 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2076 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2077 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2080 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2081 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2085 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2086 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2089 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2090 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2094 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2095 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2097 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2098 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2102 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2105 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2107 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2108 int left_p
, right_p
;
2109 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2110 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2112 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2113 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2114 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2116 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2117 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2119 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2121 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2122 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2124 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2126 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2128 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2130 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2131 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2133 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2134 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2135 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2137 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2139 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2141 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2142 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2143 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2146 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2147 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2148 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2153 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2156 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2159 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2161 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2162 right of that line. */
2163 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2164 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2166 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2168 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2170 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2171 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2172 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2173 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2179 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2180 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2181 trust on the shape extension to be available
2182 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2184 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2187 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2189 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2190 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2191 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2192 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2193 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2195 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2198 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2199 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2200 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2201 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2202 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2203 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2207 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2209 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2212 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2213 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2214 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2215 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2216 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2217 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2219 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2220 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2221 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2222 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2223 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2224 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2225 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2227 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2228 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2229 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2230 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2231 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2236 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2237 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2238 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2242 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2245 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2247 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2250 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2252 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2253 right of that line. */
2254 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2255 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2257 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2259 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2261 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2262 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2263 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2264 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2266 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2267 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2269 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2270 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2274 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2275 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2278 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2279 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2280 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2282 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2283 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2284 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2285 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2286 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2287 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2288 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2289 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2291 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2292 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2293 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2294 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2298 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2301 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2304 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2306 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2307 right of that line. */
2308 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2309 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2311 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2313 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2315 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2316 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2317 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2318 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2324 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2325 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2326 trust on the shape extension to be available
2327 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2329 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2333 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2334 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2335 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2336 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2337 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2339 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2340 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2341 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2342 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2346 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2347 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2348 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2350 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2351 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2352 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2353 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2354 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2355 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2356 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2358 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2359 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2360 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2361 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2366 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2367 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2368 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2372 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2373 give the rectangle to draw. */
2376 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2380 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2381 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2382 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2383 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2386 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2390 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2393 s->x +-------------------------
2396 | +-------------------------
2399 | | +-------------------
2405 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2407 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2408 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2410 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2413 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2414 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2415 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2416 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2418 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2419 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2421 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2422 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2426 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2427 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2431 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2432 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2433 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2434 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2435 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2437 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2438 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2439 s
->background_width
,
2442 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2444 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2446 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2449 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2450 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2451 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2452 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2453 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2454 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2455 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2460 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2462 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2463 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2464 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2465 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2473 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2475 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2477 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2478 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2480 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2483 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2486 /* Draw the foreground. */
2489 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2490 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2491 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2492 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2493 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2496 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2498 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2500 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2501 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2502 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2506 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2509 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2511 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2513 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2514 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2516 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2517 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2518 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2521 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2523 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2527 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2533 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2535 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2537 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2538 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2539 x
+= background_width
;
2541 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2542 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2546 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2548 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2549 if (width
< background_width
)
2552 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2556 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2560 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2561 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2563 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2569 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2570 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2572 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2574 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2575 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2576 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2577 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2582 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2583 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2584 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2589 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2591 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2592 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2594 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2595 except for header line and mode line. */
2596 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2598 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2601 if (background_width
> 0)
2602 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2605 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2609 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2615 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2620 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2622 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2623 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2624 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2627 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2629 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2633 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2637 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2638 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2639 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2641 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2644 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2646 /* Draw the waves */
2648 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2658 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2663 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2665 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2669 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2670 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2674 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2677 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2679 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2681 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2682 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2683 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2684 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2687 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2689 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2690 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2691 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2692 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2694 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2695 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2696 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2697 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2700 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2704 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2705 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2707 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2708 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2709 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2710 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2711 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2712 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2715 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2716 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2717 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2718 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2721 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2723 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2724 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2725 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2726 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2727 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2728 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2730 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2732 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2735 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2739 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2743 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2744 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2746 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2747 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2750 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2751 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2752 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2753 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2755 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2756 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2759 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2760 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2761 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2763 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2764 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2771 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2773 /* Draw underline. */
2774 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2776 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2778 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2779 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2783 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2784 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2785 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2786 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2789 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2791 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2794 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2795 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2797 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2798 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2799 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2803 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2804 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2805 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2808 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2809 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2812 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2813 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2814 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2815 specs, and its default is
2817 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2818 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2820 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2821 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2822 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2824 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2826 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2828 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2830 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2831 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2832 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2833 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2834 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2835 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2836 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2837 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2838 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2839 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2840 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2841 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2845 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2846 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2847 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2848 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2849 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2853 /* Draw overline. */
2854 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2856 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2858 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2859 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2864 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2865 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2866 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2868 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2872 /* Draw strike-through. */
2873 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2875 unsigned long h
= 1;
2876 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2878 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2879 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2884 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2885 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2886 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2888 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2892 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2893 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2894 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2898 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2900 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2901 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2902 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2904 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2905 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2906 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2909 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2910 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2911 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2912 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2914 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2915 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2917 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2923 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2925 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2926 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2927 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2929 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2930 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2931 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2934 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2935 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2936 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2937 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2939 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2940 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2942 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2943 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2948 /* Reset clipping. */
2949 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2953 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2956 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2958 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2959 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2960 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2964 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2968 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2974 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2975 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2978 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2980 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2981 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2985 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2988 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2990 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2992 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2993 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2994 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2996 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2997 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3000 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3002 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3003 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3004 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3006 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3007 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3008 redisplay, do it here. */
3009 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3010 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3013 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3020 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3023 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3029 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3030 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3031 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3033 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3034 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3035 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3036 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3038 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3042 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3045 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3046 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3047 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3048 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3049 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3050 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3051 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3052 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3053 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3056 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3057 pixels into background pixels. */
3061 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3062 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3063 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3065 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3066 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3070 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3071 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3072 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3073 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3074 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3075 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3076 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3080 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3081 edge it is next to. */
3082 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3084 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3085 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3088 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3089 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3096 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3098 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3099 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3101 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3103 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3104 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3105 width
, flash_height
);
3106 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3108 (height
- flash_height
3109 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3110 width
, flash_height
);
3114 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3115 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3116 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3117 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3122 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3123 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3125 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3127 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3129 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3132 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3133 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3136 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3137 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3139 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3140 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3144 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3145 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3147 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3149 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3150 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3151 width
, flash_height
);
3152 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3154 (height
- flash_height
3155 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3156 width
, flash_height
);
3159 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3160 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3161 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3162 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3168 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3170 #undef XFillRectangle
3172 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3183 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3188 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3189 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3190 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3193 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3194 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3195 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3200 /* Make audible bell. */
3203 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3205 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3213 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3215 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3217 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3224 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3225 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3226 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3227 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3230 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3232 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3237 /***********************************************************************
3239 ***********************************************************************/
3241 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3242 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3245 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3251 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3254 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3256 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3257 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3259 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3260 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3262 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3264 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3265 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3266 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3267 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3268 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3269 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3270 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3271 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3273 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3277 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3278 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3279 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3281 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3283 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3284 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3286 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3287 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3292 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3293 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3294 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3298 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3299 line at the bottom. */
3300 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3301 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3303 height
= run
->height
;
3307 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3309 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3310 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3312 height
= run
->height
;
3317 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3320 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3321 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3322 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3332 /***********************************************************************
3334 ***********************************************************************/
3338 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3340 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3341 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3342 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3343 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3345 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3346 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3347 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3348 because of this (bug#9310). */
3349 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3350 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3351 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3352 x_uncatch_errors ();
3354 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3355 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3359 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3361 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3362 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3363 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3364 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3366 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3367 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3368 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3369 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3370 x_uncatch_errors ();
3372 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3373 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3376 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3377 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3378 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3379 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3380 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3383 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3385 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3387 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3389 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3390 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3391 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3393 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3394 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3396 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3397 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3399 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3402 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3405 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3406 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3407 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3410 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3412 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3414 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3416 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3417 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3419 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3420 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3421 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3422 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3423 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3424 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3426 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3427 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3430 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3433 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3434 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3437 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3439 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3441 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3443 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3444 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3446 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3447 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3451 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3452 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3454 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3455 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3459 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3460 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3462 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3465 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3467 struct frame
*frame
;
3469 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3473 switch (event
->type
)
3478 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3480 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3482 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3483 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3484 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3485 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3487 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3493 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3494 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3495 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3496 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3500 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3502 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3503 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3504 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3511 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3512 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3515 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3517 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3521 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3522 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3523 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3525 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3526 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3527 the appropriate X display info. */
3530 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3532 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3536 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3538 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3540 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3542 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3543 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3544 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3545 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3546 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3548 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3549 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3553 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3555 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3558 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3559 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3560 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3566 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3568 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3570 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3572 int min_code
, max_code
;
3575 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3577 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3578 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3579 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3580 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3581 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3583 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3585 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3586 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3588 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3590 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3591 Alt keysyms are on. */
3593 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3594 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3596 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3598 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3599 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3601 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3603 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3607 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3611 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3613 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3619 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3620 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3625 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3626 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3631 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3632 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3633 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3634 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3639 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3640 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3641 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3642 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3646 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3647 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3648 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3649 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3650 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3659 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3660 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3662 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3663 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3666 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3667 make them just meta, not alt. */
3668 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3670 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3674 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3677 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3681 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3683 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3684 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3685 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3686 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3689 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3690 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3691 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3692 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3693 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3694 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3695 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3696 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3698 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3699 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3700 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3701 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3702 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3703 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3707 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3709 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3710 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3711 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3712 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3716 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3717 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3718 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3719 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3720 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3721 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3722 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3723 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3726 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3727 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3728 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3729 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3730 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3731 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3734 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3737 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3742 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3750 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3752 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3754 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3758 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3760 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3762 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3763 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3764 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3765 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3767 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3771 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3772 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3773 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3779 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3780 The input handler calls this.
3782 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3783 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3784 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3785 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3787 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3788 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3791 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3793 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3794 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3795 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3797 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3800 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3802 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3803 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3804 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3805 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3810 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3811 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3812 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3813 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3814 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3815 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3817 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3818 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3819 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3820 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3821 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3822 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3830 /************************************************************************
3832 ************************************************************************/
3835 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3837 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3838 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3839 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3840 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3841 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3846 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3847 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3849 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3850 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3851 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3852 position on the scroll bar.
3854 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3855 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3858 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3859 was at this position.
3861 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3863 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3867 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3868 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3875 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3876 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3882 Window dummy_window
;
3885 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3887 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3888 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3889 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3890 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3891 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3893 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3895 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3896 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3897 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3899 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3902 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3903 a different screen. */
3906 /* The position on that root window. */
3909 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3912 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3914 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3916 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3917 containing the pointer. */
3921 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3925 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3926 structure is changing at the same time this function
3927 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3929 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3931 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3932 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3934 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3935 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3936 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3938 /* From-window, to-window. */
3939 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3941 /* From-position, to-position. */
3942 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3946 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3952 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3954 /* From-window, to-window. */
3957 /* From-position, to-position. */
3958 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3963 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3966 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3967 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3968 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3969 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3970 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3978 /* Now we know that:
3979 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3980 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3981 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3982 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3983 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3984 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3985 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3986 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3987 never use them in that case.) */
3990 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3991 want the edit window. */
3992 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3994 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3995 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3998 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3999 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4002 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4003 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4005 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4008 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4011 x_uncatch_errors ();
4013 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4016 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4018 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4022 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4028 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4029 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4033 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4034 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4035 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4036 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4037 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4038 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4039 the frame are divided into. */
4041 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4042 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4047 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4048 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4049 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4059 /***********************************************************************
4061 ***********************************************************************/
4063 /* Scroll bar support. */
4065 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4067 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4070 static struct scroll_bar
*
4071 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4073 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4075 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4076 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4077 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4079 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4081 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4083 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4086 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4088 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4089 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4090 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4091 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4092 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4095 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4096 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4097 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4098 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4105 #if defined USE_LUCID
4107 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4108 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4111 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4113 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4115 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4116 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4118 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4120 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4126 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4129 /************************************************************************
4131 ************************************************************************/
4133 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4135 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4136 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4137 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4138 struct scroll_bar
*);
4139 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4143 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4144 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4146 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4148 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4150 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4152 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4153 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4156 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4158 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4160 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4162 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4163 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4164 to avoid jerkiness. */
4166 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4168 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4169 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4170 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4171 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4174 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4175 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4178 const char *end_action
;
4181 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4182 end_action
= "Release";
4183 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4184 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4185 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4186 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4189 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4190 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4194 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4195 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4196 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4198 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4200 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4201 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4202 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4204 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4205 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4207 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4208 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4211 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4213 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4214 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4216 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4217 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4220 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4221 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4222 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4223 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4226 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4229 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4230 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4231 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4236 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4237 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4238 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4239 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4240 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4243 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4244 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4245 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4246 into that array in the event. */
4247 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4248 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4251 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4253 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4254 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4256 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4257 scroll_bar_windows
=
4258 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4259 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4260 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4261 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4264 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4265 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4266 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4267 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4268 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4269 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4271 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4272 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4273 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4274 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4277 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4278 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4279 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4280 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4285 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4289 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4291 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4295 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4296 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4298 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4300 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4301 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4304 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4307 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4309 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4310 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4311 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4312 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4313 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4319 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4321 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4324 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4325 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4326 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4329 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4331 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4332 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4333 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4337 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4338 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4339 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4342 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4343 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4344 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4347 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4348 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4349 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4352 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4353 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4354 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4358 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4359 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4362 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4363 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4364 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4371 /* Get the slider size. */
4373 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4376 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4377 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4378 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4379 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4383 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4389 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4390 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4391 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4395 #elif defined USE_GTK
4397 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4398 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4401 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4402 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4406 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4408 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4409 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4410 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4412 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4413 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4418 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4419 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4420 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4421 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4423 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4424 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4425 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4426 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4427 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4430 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4431 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4432 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4434 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4435 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4436 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4438 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4439 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4440 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4442 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4443 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4444 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4450 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4451 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4452 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4458 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4461 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4462 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4465 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4466 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4467 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4469 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4470 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4471 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4478 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4480 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4481 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4482 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4486 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4488 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4489 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4490 float top
= *top_addr
;
4492 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4495 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4497 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4501 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4503 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4504 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4505 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4506 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4507 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4509 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4511 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4513 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4514 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4515 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4516 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4520 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4521 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4522 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4523 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4524 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4525 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4526 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4529 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4531 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4532 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4533 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4537 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4539 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4542 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4543 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4545 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4546 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4547 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4548 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4550 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4552 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4553 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4554 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4555 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4558 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4560 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4562 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4563 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4567 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4569 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4572 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4573 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4578 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4581 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4587 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4588 unsigned long pixel
;
4593 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4594 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4595 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4596 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4597 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4599 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4600 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4602 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4605 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4609 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4612 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4616 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4617 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4619 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4620 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4622 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4624 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4626 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4628 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4630 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4632 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4635 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4636 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4638 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4639 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4640 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4641 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4643 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4645 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4646 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4647 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4648 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4649 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4650 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4651 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4652 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4654 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4657 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4661 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4664 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4668 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4670 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4671 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4673 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4676 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4677 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4678 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4680 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4683 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4685 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4688 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4689 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4690 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4692 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4696 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4697 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4698 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4699 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4700 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4701 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4702 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4705 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4706 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4710 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4711 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4712 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4714 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4716 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4719 /* Specify the colors. */
4720 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4723 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4726 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4729 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4735 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4736 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4739 char const *initial
= "";
4740 char const *val
= initial
;
4741 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4742 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4743 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4745 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4746 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4747 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4748 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4749 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4750 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4754 /* Define callbacks. */
4755 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4756 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4759 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4760 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4762 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4764 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4765 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4766 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4767 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4769 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4770 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4771 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4772 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4776 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4779 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4780 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4784 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4786 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4789 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4791 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4794 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4795 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4802 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4804 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4805 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4806 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4807 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4808 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4809 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4810 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4811 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4812 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4813 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4814 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4815 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4816 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4817 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4825 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4826 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4829 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4833 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4834 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4836 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4838 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4839 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4840 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4842 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4844 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4850 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4851 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4855 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4857 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4858 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4859 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4863 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4864 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4865 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4868 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4869 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4871 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4872 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4873 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4874 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4876 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4877 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4880 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4881 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4882 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4884 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4888 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4892 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4894 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4898 /************************************************************************
4899 Scroll bars, general
4900 ************************************************************************/
4902 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4903 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4904 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4907 static struct scroll_bar
*
4908 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4910 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4911 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4912 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4917 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4918 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4919 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4921 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4925 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4926 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4927 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4929 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4930 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4932 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4934 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4936 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4937 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4938 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4939 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4940 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4942 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4944 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4945 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4946 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4948 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4950 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4957 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4959 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4961 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4965 bar
->height
= height
;
4968 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4969 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4971 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4972 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4974 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4975 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4976 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4977 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4979 /* Map the window/widget. */
4980 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4983 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4986 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4987 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4989 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4990 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4991 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4992 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4994 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4995 max (height
, 1), 0);
4996 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4997 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4999 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5000 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5001 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5008 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5010 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5012 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5013 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5014 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5017 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5018 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5019 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5020 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5021 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5024 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5026 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5027 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5028 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5029 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5031 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5033 && start
== bar
->start
5040 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5041 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5042 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5044 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5045 the distance between start and end. */
5047 int length
= end
- start
;
5051 else if (start
> top_range
)
5053 end
= start
+ length
;
5057 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5061 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5065 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5066 if (end
> top_range
)
5069 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5070 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5071 that many pixels tall. */
5072 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5074 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5075 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5077 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5078 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5079 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5080 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5081 inside_width
, start
,
5084 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5085 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5086 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5087 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5089 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5090 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5091 /* x, y, width, height */
5092 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5093 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5094 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5096 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5097 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5098 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5099 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5101 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5102 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5103 if (end
< inside_height
)
5104 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5105 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5106 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5107 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5108 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5116 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5118 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5122 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5124 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5127 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5129 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5130 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5131 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5132 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5134 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5137 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5138 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5144 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5145 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5146 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5150 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5152 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5154 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5155 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5156 int window_y
, window_height
;
5157 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5158 int fringe_extended_p
;
5161 /* Get window dimensions. */
5162 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5164 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5165 height
= window_height
;
5167 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5168 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5170 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5171 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5172 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5173 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5177 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5178 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5179 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5180 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5182 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5184 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5185 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5190 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5191 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5192 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5193 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5194 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5195 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5197 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5198 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5199 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5200 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5203 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5204 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5206 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5209 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5210 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5211 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5212 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5215 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5216 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5220 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5224 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5225 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5227 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5231 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5233 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5235 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5237 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5240 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5242 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5243 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5245 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5246 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5247 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5249 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5250 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5251 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5253 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5254 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5257 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5260 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5261 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5263 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5264 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5265 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5267 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5268 max (height
, 1), 0);
5269 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5271 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5273 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5274 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5275 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5277 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5278 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5280 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5281 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5282 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5286 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5287 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5288 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5291 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5292 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5293 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5295 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5296 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5297 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5298 rest
, height
, False
);
5300 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5301 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5305 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5310 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5312 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5314 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5318 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5320 /* Remember new settings. */
5321 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5323 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5324 bar
->height
= height
;
5329 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5330 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5332 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5333 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5334 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5336 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5338 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5341 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5344 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5345 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5346 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5349 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5351 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5352 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5356 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5357 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5358 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5359 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5360 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5361 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5362 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5364 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5365 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5366 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5369 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5371 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5372 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5375 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5376 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5377 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5378 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5379 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5380 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5381 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5386 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5387 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5390 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5392 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5396 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5397 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5400 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5402 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5403 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5404 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5406 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5408 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5409 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5411 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5412 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5413 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5415 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5416 one or the other! */
5420 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5422 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5423 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5425 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5427 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5428 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5429 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5430 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5433 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5434 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5437 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5439 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5441 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5443 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5444 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5445 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5447 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5449 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5451 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5454 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5457 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5458 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5462 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5463 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5464 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5466 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5470 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5472 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5473 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5474 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5475 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5479 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5481 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5482 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5483 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5484 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5486 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5487 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5489 /* x, y, width, height */
5491 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5494 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5495 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5496 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5497 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5502 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5504 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5505 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5507 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5512 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5514 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5517 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5518 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5519 emacs_event
->modifiers
5520 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5521 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5522 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5523 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5526 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5527 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5528 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5531 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5532 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5535 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5538 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5539 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5540 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5542 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5544 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5545 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5546 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5547 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5549 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5550 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5552 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5553 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5557 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5558 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5562 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5564 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5566 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5570 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5572 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5574 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5577 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5579 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5580 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5582 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5583 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5585 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5587 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5589 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5594 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5596 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5597 on the scroll bar. */
5600 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5601 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5602 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5604 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5605 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5606 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5608 Window dummy_window
;
5610 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5614 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5616 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5618 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5619 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5620 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5622 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5625 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5631 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5633 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5635 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5636 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5640 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5644 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5646 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5647 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5648 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5649 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5650 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5651 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5653 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5655 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5656 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5659 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5662 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5668 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5669 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5670 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5674 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5676 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5679 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5680 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5681 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5682 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5683 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5684 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5685 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5686 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5688 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5692 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5694 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5695 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5696 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5697 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5699 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5700 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5702 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5704 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5705 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5707 static int temp_index
;
5708 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5710 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5711 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5713 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5715 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5716 on a particular display. */
5718 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5720 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5721 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5722 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5723 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5725 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5727 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5728 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5731 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5732 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5733 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5734 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5735 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5736 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5748 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5749 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5750 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5752 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5754 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5758 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5760 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5761 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5762 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5765 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5766 event
->xclient
.window
);
5768 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5773 static int current_count
;
5774 static int current_finish
;
5775 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5777 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5778 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5779 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5780 static GdkFilterReturn
5781 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5783 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5786 if (current_count
>= 0)
5788 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5790 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5793 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5794 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5795 so we do it here. */
5796 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5798 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5801 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5806 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5809 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5813 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5817 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5818 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5820 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5822 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5825 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5826 enum xembed_message
,
5827 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5829 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5831 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5832 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5833 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5835 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5838 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5839 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5842 struct input_event ie
;
5843 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5847 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5848 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5849 struct coding_system coding
;
5850 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5851 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5854 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5856 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5857 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5860 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5861 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5867 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5868 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5869 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5871 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5872 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5874 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5875 could be the shell widget window
5876 if the frame has no title bar. */
5877 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5879 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5880 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5881 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5883 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5884 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5885 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5886 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5887 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5890 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5891 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5892 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5893 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5896 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5897 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5898 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5901 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5902 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5903 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5905 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5906 /* The ICCCM says this is
5907 the only valid choice. */
5909 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5910 /* This is needed to detect the error
5911 if there is an error. */
5913 x_uncatch_errors ();
5915 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5920 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5921 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5923 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5924 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5925 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5926 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5927 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5928 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5929 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5930 session manager and one for this. */
5932 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5935 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5936 event
.xclient
.window
);
5937 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5938 for a single Emacs process. */
5939 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5940 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5941 event
.xclient
.window
,
5942 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5944 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5945 event
.xclient
.window
,
5951 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5952 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5954 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5955 event
.xclient
.window
);
5957 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5959 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5960 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5967 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5968 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5973 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5974 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5977 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5979 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5980 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5984 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5991 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5992 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5994 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5996 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6000 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6002 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6003 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6004 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6005 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6007 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6008 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6009 currently never do because we are interested in
6010 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6011 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6012 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6015 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6016 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6020 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6021 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6022 we construct an input_event. */
6023 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6024 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6026 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6027 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6030 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6032 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6033 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6034 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6036 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6037 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6038 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6040 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6044 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6046 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6049 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6050 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6054 case SelectionNotify
:
6055 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6056 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6057 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6059 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6060 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6063 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6064 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6065 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6066 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6068 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6070 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6072 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6073 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6074 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6075 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6079 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6080 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6081 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6082 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6084 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6086 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6088 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6089 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6090 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6091 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6092 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6093 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6094 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6098 case PropertyNotify
:
6099 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6100 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6101 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6102 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
)
6103 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6104 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6106 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6107 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6108 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6109 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6110 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6111 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6112 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6113 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6114 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6117 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6118 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6121 case ReparentNotify
:
6122 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6126 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6127 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6131 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6132 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6133 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6135 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6140 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6144 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6145 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6146 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6147 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6148 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6151 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6153 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6154 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6155 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6156 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6160 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6161 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6165 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6166 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6168 #if defined USE_LUCID
6169 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6170 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6171 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6174 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6176 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6178 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6180 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6181 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6183 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6184 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6185 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6188 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6189 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6192 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6193 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6197 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6198 source area was obscured or not
6200 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6204 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6205 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6206 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6208 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6211 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6214 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6215 source area was completely
6220 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6221 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6224 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6227 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6228 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6229 the frame was deleted. */
6231 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6232 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6233 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6234 display that won't ever be seen. */
6235 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6236 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6237 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6238 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6239 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6240 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6241 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6242 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6244 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6245 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6246 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6252 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6253 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6254 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6257 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6258 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6259 frame is visible. */
6260 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6263 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6264 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6265 the frame's display structures.
6266 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6267 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6268 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6269 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6271 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6273 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6274 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6275 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6276 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6278 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6279 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6280 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6284 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6285 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6287 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6288 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6289 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6290 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6293 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6300 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6301 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6303 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6304 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6305 if (popup_activated ())
6309 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6311 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6312 mouse highlighting. */
6313 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6315 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6317 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6318 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6321 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6324 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6325 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6326 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6328 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6330 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6331 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6334 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6338 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6339 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6340 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6343 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6344 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6345 status_return even if the input is too long to
6346 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6347 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6348 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6349 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6350 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6351 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6352 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6354 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6358 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6359 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6360 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6362 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6366 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6367 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6368 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6370 /* This will have to go some day... */
6372 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6373 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6374 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6375 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6376 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6377 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6378 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6380 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6381 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6382 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6383 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6384 not it is combined with Meta. */
6385 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6386 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6391 Status status_return
;
6393 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6394 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6395 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6396 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6398 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6400 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6401 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6402 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6403 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6404 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6407 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6408 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6410 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6415 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6416 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6420 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6421 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6424 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6425 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6429 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6430 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6431 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6434 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6435 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6437 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6438 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6440 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6441 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6443 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6444 translations to characters. */
6445 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6446 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6448 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6449 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6453 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6454 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6456 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6457 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6459 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6460 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6464 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6465 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6466 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6471 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6472 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6473 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6474 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6478 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6479 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6480 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6481 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6482 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6483 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6485 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6486 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6488 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6489 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6490 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6491 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6492 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6494 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6495 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6497 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6498 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6500 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6501 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6503 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6504 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6506 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6507 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6509 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6510 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6512 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6513 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6515 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6516 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6518 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6519 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6521 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6522 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6524 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6525 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6527 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6528 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6530 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6531 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6533 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6534 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6535 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6536 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6537 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6538 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6539 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6540 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6541 don't have real modifiers but
6542 should be treated similarly to
6543 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6544 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6545 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6546 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6550 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6551 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6553 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6554 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6558 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6562 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6564 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6566 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6569 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6571 /* Decode the input data. */
6573 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6574 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6575 we used just above and the locale. */
6576 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6577 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6578 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6579 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6580 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6581 gives us composition information. */
6582 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6584 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6586 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6587 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6588 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6589 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6590 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6591 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6594 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6595 character events. */
6596 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6599 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6600 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6602 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6603 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6604 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6605 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6607 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6612 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6614 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6620 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6621 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6629 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6631 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6632 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6640 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6641 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6643 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6645 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6646 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6648 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6649 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6650 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6651 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6653 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6654 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6655 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6656 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6661 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6665 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6666 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6668 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6671 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6673 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6674 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6675 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6676 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6679 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6680 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6681 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6682 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6683 if (any_help_event_p
)
6687 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6688 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6689 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6694 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6699 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6700 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6701 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6703 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6704 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6705 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6707 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6709 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6711 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6712 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6716 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6722 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6723 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6724 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6728 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6729 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6732 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6733 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6734 will be selected only when it is active. */
6735 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6736 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6737 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6738 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6739 create event iff we don't leave the
6741 && (focus_follows_mouse
6742 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6743 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6745 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6746 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6751 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6752 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6756 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6757 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6758 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6759 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6762 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6763 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6765 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6766 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6767 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6770 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6771 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6772 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6773 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6778 case ConfigureNotify
:
6779 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6782 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6783 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6785 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6786 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6792 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6794 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6795 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6797 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6798 is called by the code that handles resizing
6799 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6801 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6802 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6803 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6804 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6805 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6806 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6807 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6809 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6810 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6811 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6814 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6815 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6816 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6820 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6821 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6822 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6823 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6826 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6830 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6831 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6840 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6841 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6842 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6844 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6845 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6846 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6848 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6850 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6851 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6853 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6856 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6861 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6862 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6863 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6866 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6867 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6869 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6870 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6872 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6874 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6875 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6876 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6877 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6882 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6883 if (! popup_activated ())
6886 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6888 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6889 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6891 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6892 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6894 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6895 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6898 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6900 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6901 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6902 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6906 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6907 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6908 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6910 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6911 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6913 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6915 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6916 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6918 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6920 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6921 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6924 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6926 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6927 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6930 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6933 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6935 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6936 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6937 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6941 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6942 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6943 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6944 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6945 Instead, save it away
6946 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6947 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6948 if (! popup_activated ()
6950 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6951 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6953 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6954 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6955 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6956 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6957 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6958 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6959 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6960 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6962 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6963 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6967 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6971 case CirculateNotify
:
6974 case CirculateRequest
:
6977 case VisibilityNotify
:
6981 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6983 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6985 case MappingModifier
:
6986 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6987 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6988 case MappingKeyboard
:
6989 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6994 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6999 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7001 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7002 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7004 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7009 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7011 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7016 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7021 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7027 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7028 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7029 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7033 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7034 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7044 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7046 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7047 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7048 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7050 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7052 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7054 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7055 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7057 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7060 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7067 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7068 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7070 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7071 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7072 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7076 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7079 int event_found
= 0;
7083 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7084 input_signal_count
++;
7086 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7087 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7089 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7090 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7094 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7099 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7102 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7103 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7108 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7109 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7111 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7119 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7120 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7121 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7122 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7124 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7125 from all displays. */
7127 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7129 current_count
= count
;
7130 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7132 gtk_main_iteration ();
7134 count
= current_count
;
7136 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7138 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7141 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7143 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7144 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7147 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7148 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7149 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7151 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7155 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7156 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7158 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7160 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7161 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7165 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7167 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7168 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7170 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7171 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7182 /***********************************************************************
7184 ***********************************************************************/
7186 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7187 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7189 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7190 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7191 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7194 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7196 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7197 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7198 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7200 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7202 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7203 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7204 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7205 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7206 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7208 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7212 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7215 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7217 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7218 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7219 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7222 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7225 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7226 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7227 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7228 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7231 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7232 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7233 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7235 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7236 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7237 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7238 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7239 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7241 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7242 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7243 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7245 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7246 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7247 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7248 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7252 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7254 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7255 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7256 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7260 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7262 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7263 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7265 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7266 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7268 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7269 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7272 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7273 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7274 the bar might not be in the window. */
7275 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7277 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7278 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7279 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7283 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7284 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7285 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7286 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7287 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7290 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7291 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7292 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7293 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7294 that the glyph is legible. */
7295 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7296 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7298 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7299 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7302 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7305 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7306 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7309 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7311 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7313 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7316 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7317 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7319 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7321 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7322 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7323 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7324 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7326 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7327 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7328 width
, row
->height
);
7332 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7335 width
= row
->height
;
7337 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7339 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7340 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7342 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7343 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7344 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7345 row
->height
- width
),
7346 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7349 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7354 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7357 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7359 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7360 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7361 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7362 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7366 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7369 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7371 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7372 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7374 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7375 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7376 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7381 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7384 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7386 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7390 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7391 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7393 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7394 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7395 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7396 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7398 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7399 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7403 switch (cursor_type
)
7405 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7406 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7409 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7410 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7414 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7418 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7422 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7431 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7432 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7433 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7438 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7445 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7448 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7450 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7452 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7455 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7456 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7457 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7458 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7463 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7464 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7465 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7467 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7468 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7469 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7473 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7474 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7480 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7481 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7484 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7486 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7488 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7492 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7495 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7496 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7500 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7501 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7505 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7506 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7507 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7508 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7509 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7511 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7514 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7515 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7521 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7522 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7525 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7527 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7532 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7533 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7535 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7536 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7539 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7540 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7541 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7542 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7547 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7549 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7550 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7552 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7553 be called from a signal handler.
7556 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7557 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7559 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7561 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7563 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7564 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7565 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7568 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7570 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7571 x_error_message
->string
,
7572 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7575 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7576 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7579 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7580 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7581 stored in *x_error_message.
7583 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7584 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7586 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7589 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7591 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7593 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7597 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7598 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7599 x_error_message
= data
;
7602 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7603 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7606 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7608 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7612 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7613 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7614 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7615 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7617 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7618 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7623 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7624 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7625 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7628 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7630 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7633 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7635 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7636 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7637 x_uncatch_errors ();
7638 error (format
, string
);
7642 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7643 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7646 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7648 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7651 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7654 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7657 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7659 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7662 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7663 * idea. --lorentey */
7664 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7667 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7669 while (x_error_message
)
7670 x_uncatch_errors ();
7675 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7678 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7683 /************************************************************************
7685 ************************************************************************/
7687 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7689 static char *error_msg
;
7691 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7692 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7695 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7697 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7698 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7699 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7701 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7702 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7704 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7705 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7709 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7711 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7712 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7715 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7716 that are on the dead display. */
7717 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7719 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7721 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7722 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7723 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7724 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7725 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7726 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7729 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7730 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7731 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7732 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7733 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7734 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7736 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7737 trying to find a replacement. */
7738 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7739 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7742 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7743 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7746 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7747 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7748 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7750 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7751 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7752 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7753 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7754 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7755 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7756 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7757 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7758 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7761 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7763 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7764 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7766 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7767 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7768 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7769 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7774 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7775 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7779 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7781 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7782 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7786 totally_unblock_input ();
7788 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7789 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7791 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7792 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7794 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7795 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7796 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7797 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7800 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7801 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7802 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7804 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7805 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7808 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7810 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7811 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7812 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7818 if (x_error_message
)
7819 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7821 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7825 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7826 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7827 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7829 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7831 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7832 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7834 static void NO_INLINE
7835 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7837 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7839 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7840 or colors that are not defined. */
7842 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7845 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7846 original error handler. */
7848 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7849 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7850 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7851 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7855 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7856 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7857 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7860 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7864 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7865 DisplayString (display
));
7866 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7870 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7872 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7873 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7874 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7878 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7880 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7883 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7884 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7885 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7886 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7890 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7891 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7892 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7893 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7895 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7897 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7898 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7900 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7901 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7902 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7906 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7907 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7910 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7912 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7913 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7914 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7915 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7916 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7921 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7924 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7933 /***********************************************************************
7935 ***********************************************************************/
7941 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7942 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7943 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7946 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7948 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7949 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7953 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7954 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7956 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7957 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7959 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7960 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7964 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7965 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7966 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7970 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7973 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7974 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7977 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7978 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7981 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7989 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7990 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7997 XIMCallback destroy
;
8000 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8001 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8004 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8005 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8006 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8012 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8013 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8017 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8019 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8020 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8021 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8022 when the callback was registered. */
8025 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8027 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8028 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8030 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8034 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8036 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8037 as they have no XIC. */
8038 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8040 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8043 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8045 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8048 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8049 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8051 create_frame_xic (f
);
8052 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8053 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8054 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8056 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8057 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8066 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8069 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8070 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8071 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8072 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8075 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8077 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8081 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8082 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8084 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8085 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8086 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8087 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8088 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8089 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8090 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8091 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8092 least, hence the configure test. */
8093 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8094 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8095 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8096 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8098 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8102 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8105 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8110 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8111 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8112 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8114 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8115 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8116 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8117 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8118 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8119 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8120 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8121 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8123 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8126 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8130 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8131 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8134 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8136 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8138 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8139 is already for the top-left corner. */
8140 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8143 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8144 position that fits on the screen. */
8145 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8146 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8147 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8150 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8152 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8153 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8154 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8156 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8157 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8158 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8159 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8162 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8163 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8165 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8168 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8169 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8170 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8173 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8174 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8175 so the flags should correspond. */
8176 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8179 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8180 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8181 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8182 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8183 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8186 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8188 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8190 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8192 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8193 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8197 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8199 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8201 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8202 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8204 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8207 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8209 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8210 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8212 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8214 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8215 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8216 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8217 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8218 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8221 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8222 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8224 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8225 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8228 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8229 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8230 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8231 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8234 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8235 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8236 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8238 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8239 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8240 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8241 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8242 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8243 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8248 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8249 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8250 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8251 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8252 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8255 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8258 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8259 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8260 Window wmcheck_window
;
8261 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8262 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8263 long max_len
= 65536;
8264 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8265 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8266 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8270 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8271 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8272 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8273 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8274 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8275 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8277 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8279 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8280 x_uncatch_errors ();
8285 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8288 /* Check if window exists. */
8289 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8291 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8293 x_uncatch_errors ();
8298 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8300 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8301 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8302 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8303 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8304 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8305 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8307 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8309 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8310 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8311 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8312 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8313 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8315 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8317 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8318 x_uncatch_errors ();
8323 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8324 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8325 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8330 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8331 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8333 x_uncatch_errors ();
8340 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8342 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8344 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8345 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8347 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8349 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8351 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8353 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8358 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8361 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8363 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8365 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8366 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8369 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8370 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8371 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8373 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8376 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8382 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8383 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8384 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8385 long max_len
= 65536;
8386 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8387 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8388 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8391 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8394 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8395 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8396 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8397 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8398 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8400 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8402 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8403 x_uncatch_errors ();
8405 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8408 x_uncatch_errors ();
8410 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8412 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8413 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8416 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8418 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8420 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8421 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8423 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8425 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8427 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8428 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8430 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8432 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8433 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8434 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8438 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8443 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8446 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8448 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8449 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8452 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8454 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8455 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8457 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8459 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8463 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8465 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8466 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8467 are sent at once. */
8468 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8470 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8471 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8472 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8473 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8475 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8477 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8478 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8479 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8480 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8481 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8482 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8483 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8485 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8486 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8487 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8488 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8489 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8490 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8491 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8493 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8494 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8495 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8496 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8497 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8499 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8500 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8501 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8503 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8504 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8507 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8511 return have_net_atom
;
8515 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8517 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8520 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8528 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8530 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8533 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8538 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8541 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8544 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8547 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8552 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8553 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8558 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8559 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8561 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8563 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8566 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8567 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8569 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8570 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8571 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8573 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8575 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8576 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8578 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8580 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8581 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8582 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8583 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8584 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8586 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8587 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8589 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8590 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8593 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8598 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8599 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8600 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8601 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8602 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8603 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8604 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8607 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8609 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8611 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8612 window manager window around the frame. */
8614 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8616 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8618 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8623 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8624 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8625 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8627 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8629 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8630 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8632 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8633 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8635 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8638 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8639 frame's position. */
8641 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8645 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8646 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8647 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8648 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8649 of an exact comparison. */
8652 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8656 while (count
++ < 50)
8658 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8660 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8661 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8664 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8665 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8669 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8672 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8673 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8676 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8680 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8681 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8683 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8687 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8689 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8691 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8694 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8695 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8697 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8698 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8700 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8701 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8702 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8703 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8705 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8707 pending_signals
= 1;
8708 totally_unblock_input ();
8709 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8711 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8716 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8717 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8720 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8721 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8722 break; /* Timeout */
8724 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8725 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8729 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8730 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8731 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8732 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8735 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8737 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8739 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8740 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8741 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8743 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8745 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8747 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8748 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8749 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8750 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8752 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8753 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8754 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8755 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8758 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8759 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8760 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8761 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8762 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8764 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8765 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8766 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8767 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8769 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8770 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8771 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8772 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8773 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8775 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8778 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8779 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8780 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8781 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8782 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8785 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8786 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8787 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8793 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8794 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8795 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8796 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8799 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8803 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8807 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8808 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8809 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8810 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8811 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8812 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8813 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8814 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8815 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8816 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8818 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8820 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8821 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8822 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8823 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8824 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8825 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8826 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8830 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8831 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8833 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8834 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8836 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8838 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8840 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8841 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8843 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8844 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8845 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8846 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8847 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8852 /* Mouse warping. */
8855 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8859 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8860 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8862 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8863 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8865 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8866 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8870 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8871 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8875 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8878 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8882 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8883 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8887 /* Raise frame F. */
8890 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8893 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8894 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8895 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8899 /* Lower frame F. */
8902 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8904 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8907 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8908 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8913 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8916 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8918 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8919 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8920 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8921 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8922 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8925 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8928 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8930 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8931 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8933 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8935 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8938 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8939 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8940 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8941 make_number (32), list2i (1, last_user_time
));
8946 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8954 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8956 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8958 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8960 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8963 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8965 unsigned long data
[2];
8966 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8968 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8971 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8972 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8973 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8975 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8978 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8979 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8983 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8984 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8985 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8986 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8987 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8988 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8989 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8990 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8991 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8993 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8994 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8995 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8998 /* Change of visibility. */
9000 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9001 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9002 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9003 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9004 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9005 finishes with it. */
9008 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9011 int original_top
, original_left
;
9012 int retry_count
= 2;
9018 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9020 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9022 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9024 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9025 call x_set_offset a second time
9026 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9027 before the window gets really visible. */
9028 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9029 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9030 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9031 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9033 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9035 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9036 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9037 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9038 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9039 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9042 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9043 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9045 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9047 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9048 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9050 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9051 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9053 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9054 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9055 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9058 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9060 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9061 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9062 so that incoming events are handled. */
9066 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9067 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9068 will set it when they are handled. */
9069 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9071 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9072 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9074 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9077 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9079 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9080 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9081 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9082 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9084 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9085 because the window manager may choose the position
9086 and we don't want to override it. */
9088 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9089 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9090 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9091 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9092 && previously_visible
)
9096 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9100 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9101 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9102 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9103 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9104 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9105 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9106 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9107 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9108 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9110 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9111 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9112 original_left
, original_top
);
9117 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9119 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9120 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9121 MapNotify at all.. */
9122 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9123 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9125 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9128 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9129 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9130 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9131 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9132 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9134 if (input_polling_used ())
9136 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9137 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9138 handler reset it. */
9139 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9140 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9141 poll_for_input_1 ();
9142 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9148 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9152 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9153 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9154 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9155 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9157 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9162 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9164 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9167 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9171 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9172 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9174 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9175 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9176 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9180 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9181 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9182 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9183 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9184 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9185 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9188 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9189 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9192 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9193 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9198 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9199 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9202 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9206 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9207 just by the event that we get from the server.
9208 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9209 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9210 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9211 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9212 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9219 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9222 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9224 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9229 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9230 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9231 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9233 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9238 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9240 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9242 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9243 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9245 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9246 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9248 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9249 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9250 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9256 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9258 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9260 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9261 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9262 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9263 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9264 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9265 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9266 so we have to record it here. */
9267 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9268 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9273 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9274 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9275 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9279 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9281 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9282 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9285 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9287 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9289 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9290 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9291 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9292 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9293 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9294 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9296 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9297 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9299 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9300 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9304 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9305 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9306 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9307 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9308 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9310 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9311 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9313 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9317 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9321 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9323 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9325 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9327 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9328 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9331 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9332 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9334 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9336 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9340 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9343 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9345 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9346 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9347 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9349 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9354 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9355 commands to the X server. */
9356 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9358 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9359 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9361 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9362 free_frame_faces (f
);
9364 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9365 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9367 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9368 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9369 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9370 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9371 toolkit scroll bars. */
9372 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9374 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9375 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9385 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9387 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9388 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9390 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9391 we are using a toolkit. */
9392 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9393 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9395 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9396 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9399 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9400 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9402 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9403 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9404 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9406 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9407 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9408 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9409 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9410 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9411 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9413 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9414 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9415 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9416 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9417 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9418 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9419 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9420 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9421 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9422 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9423 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9425 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9426 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9427 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9431 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9432 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9434 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9435 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9437 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9439 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9440 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9443 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9446 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9447 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9448 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9450 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9451 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9452 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9453 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9454 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9455 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9457 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9459 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9460 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9461 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9462 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9463 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9464 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9471 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9474 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9476 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9478 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9479 commands to the X server. */
9480 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9481 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9483 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9487 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9489 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9490 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9491 that the window now has.
9492 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9493 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9494 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9498 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9500 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9501 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9503 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9504 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9506 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9511 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9512 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9514 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9515 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9517 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9518 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9520 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9521 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9522 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9523 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9524 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9525 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9527 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9529 int base_width
, base_height
;
9530 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9532 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9533 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9535 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9537 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9538 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9539 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9540 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9541 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9543 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9544 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9545 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9547 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9548 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9549 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9550 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9551 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9554 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9557 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9562 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9563 long supplied_return
;
9566 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9570 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9575 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9576 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9577 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9578 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9579 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9580 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9581 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9582 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9589 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9590 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9594 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9595 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9597 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9599 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9601 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9603 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9606 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9608 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9611 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9612 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9613 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9614 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9616 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9617 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9619 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9620 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9624 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9626 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9628 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9629 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9634 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9635 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9636 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9637 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9641 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9649 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9653 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9657 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9658 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9659 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9660 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9663 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9665 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9666 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9668 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9672 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9674 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9676 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9677 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9678 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9680 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9684 /***********************************************************************
9686 ***********************************************************************/
9690 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9694 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9696 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9697 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9698 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9701 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9704 /***********************************************************************
9706 ***********************************************************************/
9708 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9709 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9710 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9711 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9713 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9714 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9715 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9717 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9718 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9719 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9720 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9721 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9722 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9723 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9726 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9728 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9730 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9732 static int x_initialized
;
9734 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9735 the screen number from the server number. */
9737 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9740 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9741 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9742 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9744 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9745 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9746 length_until_period
++;
9748 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9749 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9751 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9753 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9754 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9755 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9756 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9757 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9758 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9759 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9760 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9761 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9762 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9763 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9764 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9765 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9766 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9768 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9772 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9776 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9777 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9780 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9781 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9784 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9805 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9806 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9809 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9811 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9812 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9817 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9818 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9820 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9821 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9825 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9826 the structure that describes the open display.
9827 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9829 struct x_display_info
*
9830 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9834 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9835 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9837 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9848 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9849 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9855 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9856 char **argv2
= argv
;
9859 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9861 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9865 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9866 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9868 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9872 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9874 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9876 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9877 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9880 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9881 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9883 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9885 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9886 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9887 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9889 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9890 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9891 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9892 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9894 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9895 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9896 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9898 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9900 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9903 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9907 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9909 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9910 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9912 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9913 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9915 s
= build_string (file
);
9916 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9918 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9919 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9923 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9924 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9927 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9928 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9929 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9931 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9932 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9933 So let's not use it until R6. */
9935 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9946 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9947 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9949 turn_on_atimers (0);
9950 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9951 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9952 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9954 turn_on_atimers (1);
9957 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9962 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9963 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9964 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9965 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9966 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9968 /* Detect failure. */
9975 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9977 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9978 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9980 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9983 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9986 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9987 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9988 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9989 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9992 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9995 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
9996 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9997 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
9999 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10000 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10001 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10002 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10003 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10005 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10007 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10009 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10010 list of terminals. */
10011 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10012 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10013 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10014 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10016 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10017 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10019 kset_system_key_alist
10021 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10022 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10024 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10025 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10029 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10030 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10031 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10032 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10033 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10035 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10038 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10039 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10040 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10042 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10043 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10044 x_display_name_list
);
10045 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10047 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10049 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10050 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10051 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10052 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10055 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10058 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10059 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10060 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10061 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10062 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10063 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10064 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10066 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10067 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10069 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10071 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10072 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10073 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10075 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10076 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10078 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10079 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10080 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10081 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10083 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10085 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10087 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10089 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10090 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10091 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10092 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10093 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10094 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10095 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10096 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10097 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10098 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10099 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10100 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10101 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10102 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10103 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10104 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10105 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10106 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10107 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10108 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10109 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10110 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10111 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10112 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10113 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10114 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10115 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10117 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10118 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10119 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10121 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10123 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10124 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10125 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10126 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10127 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10128 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10131 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10132 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10134 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10137 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10138 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10139 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10141 if (STRINGP (value
)
10142 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10143 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10144 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10148 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10149 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10153 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10154 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10155 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10156 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10157 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10159 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10161 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10162 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10166 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10168 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10169 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10170 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10171 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10172 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10173 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10174 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10175 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10176 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10180 static const struct
10185 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10186 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10189 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10190 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10194 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10195 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10196 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10197 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10198 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10199 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10200 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10201 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10202 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10203 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10204 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10205 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10206 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10207 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10208 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10209 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10210 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10211 /* For properties of font. */
10212 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10213 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10214 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10215 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10216 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10217 /* Ghostscript support. */
10218 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10219 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10220 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10221 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10223 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10224 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10225 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10226 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10227 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10228 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10229 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10230 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10231 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10232 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10233 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10234 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10235 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10236 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10237 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10238 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10239 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10240 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10241 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10242 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10243 /* Session management */
10244 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10245 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10246 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10250 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10251 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10252 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10253 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10254 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10255 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10256 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10257 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10259 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10260 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10262 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10263 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10264 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10265 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10267 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10268 False
, atoms_return
);
10270 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10271 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10273 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10274 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10276 xfree (atom_names
);
10277 xfree (atoms_return
);
10280 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10281 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10282 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10283 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10285 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10286 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10287 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10289 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10290 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10292 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10293 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10297 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10300 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10302 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10303 if (connection
!= 0)
10304 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10307 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10308 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10310 if (interrupt_input
)
10311 init_sigio (connection
);
10315 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10318 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10319 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10320 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10321 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10322 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10323 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10324 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10325 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10326 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10328 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10329 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10330 x_uncatch_errors ();
10334 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10335 for debugging X code. */
10338 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10339 build_string ("synchronous"),
10340 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10342 if (STRINGP (value
)
10343 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10344 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10345 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10350 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10351 build_string ("useXIM"),
10352 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10355 if (STRINGP (value
)
10356 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10357 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10360 if (STRINGP (value
)
10361 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10362 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10368 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10369 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10371 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10372 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10380 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10381 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10384 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10386 struct terminal
*t
;
10388 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10390 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10391 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10394 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10395 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10396 x_session_close ();
10398 delete_terminal (t
);
10402 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10404 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10405 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10406 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10407 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10408 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10413 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10414 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10416 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10418 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10421 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10425 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10426 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10428 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10429 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10432 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10434 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10435 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10436 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10439 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10440 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10441 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10445 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10447 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10448 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10449 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10450 that slows us down. */
10453 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10456 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10457 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10459 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10460 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10461 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10462 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10467 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10468 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10469 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10470 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10471 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10472 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10473 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10476 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10479 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10481 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10482 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10483 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10488 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10491 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10493 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10495 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10499 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10501 x_after_update_window_line
,
10502 x_update_window_begin
,
10503 x_update_window_end
,
10509 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10511 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10512 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10513 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10514 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10515 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10516 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10517 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10518 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10519 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10520 x_clear_frame_area
,
10521 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10522 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10523 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10527 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10529 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10531 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10533 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10534 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10535 if (!terminal
->name
)
10540 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10543 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10546 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10547 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10548 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10550 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10551 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10553 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10554 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10555 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10556 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10558 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10559 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10560 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10561 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10562 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10563 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10564 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10565 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10566 leaks in other situations. */
10568 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10569 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10571 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10573 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10574 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10575 closing all the displays. */
10576 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10580 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10582 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10583 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10585 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10587 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10590 /* Mark as dead. */
10591 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10592 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10596 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10597 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10599 static struct terminal
*
10600 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10602 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10604 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10606 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10607 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10608 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10610 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10612 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10613 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10614 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10615 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10616 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10617 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10618 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10619 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10620 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10621 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10622 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10623 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10624 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10625 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10626 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10627 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10628 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10629 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10630 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10631 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10633 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10634 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10636 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10637 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10638 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10639 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10640 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10641 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10648 x_initialize (void)
10653 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10654 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10655 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10658 current_count
= -1;
10661 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10662 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10664 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10665 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10667 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10669 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10670 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10671 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10672 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10673 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10674 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10675 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10677 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10680 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10682 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10683 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10687 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10688 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10689 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10691 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10692 original error handler. */
10693 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10694 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10699 syms_of_xterm (void)
10701 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10703 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10704 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10706 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10707 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10709 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10710 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10713 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10714 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10716 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10719 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10720 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10721 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10722 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10723 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10724 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10725 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10727 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10729 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10730 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10731 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10732 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10733 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10734 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10735 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10737 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10738 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10739 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10740 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10741 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10742 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10743 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10744 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10745 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10747 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10748 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10749 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10750 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10751 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10752 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10753 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10755 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10756 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10757 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10759 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10761 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10764 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10767 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10768 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10770 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10771 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10772 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10773 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10774 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10775 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10776 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10777 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10778 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10780 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10781 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10782 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10783 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10784 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10785 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10787 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10788 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10789 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10790 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10791 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10792 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10794 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10795 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10796 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10797 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10798 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10799 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10801 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10802 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10803 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10804 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10805 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10806 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10808 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10809 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10810 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10811 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10812 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10816 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */